Irvine, Pa. Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual...

48
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual Issued: February 20, 2008 Revised: August, 2017 Page 1 Irvine, Pa. Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual Revised August, 2017

Transcript of Irvine, Pa. Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual...

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 1

Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Vendor Compliance Manual

Revised

August 2017

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 2

Table of Contents

Section Page Welcome 3

Distribution Center Contact

Information 4

Transportation Requirements 6

Invoicing Instruction 8

EDIeSPS Requirements 9

SSCC Carton Labeling

Requirements 11

Mixed Cartons 15

Master Cartons for

ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextilesHardgoods

16

HeavyFragile Labeling 19

Remailers amp Inner Cartons 20

Palletized Cartons 21

Barcoded Product Unit Labeling 22

Unit Packaging Requirements Section 1 Packaging Information

Request Forms

Section 2 Packaging For Apparel

Shoes amp Accessory Items

Section 3 Garment On Hangers

Section 4 Packaging For Home Soft

Goods Textiles

Section 5 Packaging for Hard Goods

and Non Apparel

Section 6 Food and Floral

Section 7 Hazardous Materials

28 29-30

31

36

38

40

42

44

Vendor Chargebacks 45 Vendor Late Shipment Penalties 47

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 3

Congratulations amp Welcome

The Bluestem Brand catalogs of Appleseedrsquos

Bedford Fair Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Fingerhut

GettingtonCom Gold Violin Norm Thompson Old Pueblo

Traders Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilks are proud

to be working with you

This manual covers the information and requirements for

shipping orders to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center

We expect our vendors to fully review the information in

this manual before shipping product to the distribution

center

If for any reason you are unclear about any of the

requirements we are asking for please contact us

directly

Sincerely

The Bluestem Irvine Distribution Center Staff

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 4

Contact Information for Domestic Vendors

Vendor Compliance Manager

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Receiving Issues

Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231

Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom

EDILabeling Issues

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223

Email reneeschottbluestemcom

PackagingCharge backs

Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

TransportationRouting

Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130

Email michellemaillebluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 5

Contact Information for Direct Sourced

Overseas Vendors

For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve

as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff

For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 6

Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date

Domestic Vendors Only

Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to

trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom

This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be

given to the driver when your shipment is picked up

Bill of Lading Should be Marked

Prepaid 3rd Party To

CHR LTL

14800 Charlson Rd

Suite 2100

Eden Prairie MN 55347

Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be

handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the

Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments

Continued On Next Page

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 7

To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship

bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping

process

bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register

for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password

Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on

our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

The address for all UPS Shipments will be

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive

Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)

Irvine Pa 16329

Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B

Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F

SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W

Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to

domesticimportpackbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 2

Table of Contents

Section Page Welcome 3

Distribution Center Contact

Information 4

Transportation Requirements 6

Invoicing Instruction 8

EDIeSPS Requirements 9

SSCC Carton Labeling

Requirements 11

Mixed Cartons 15

Master Cartons for

ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextilesHardgoods

16

HeavyFragile Labeling 19

Remailers amp Inner Cartons 20

Palletized Cartons 21

Barcoded Product Unit Labeling 22

Unit Packaging Requirements Section 1 Packaging Information

Request Forms

Section 2 Packaging For Apparel

Shoes amp Accessory Items

Section 3 Garment On Hangers

Section 4 Packaging For Home Soft

Goods Textiles

Section 5 Packaging for Hard Goods

and Non Apparel

Section 6 Food and Floral

Section 7 Hazardous Materials

28 29-30

31

36

38

40

42

44

Vendor Chargebacks 45 Vendor Late Shipment Penalties 47

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 3

Congratulations amp Welcome

The Bluestem Brand catalogs of Appleseedrsquos

Bedford Fair Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Fingerhut

GettingtonCom Gold Violin Norm Thompson Old Pueblo

Traders Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilks are proud

to be working with you

This manual covers the information and requirements for

shipping orders to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center

We expect our vendors to fully review the information in

this manual before shipping product to the distribution

center

If for any reason you are unclear about any of the

requirements we are asking for please contact us

directly

Sincerely

The Bluestem Irvine Distribution Center Staff

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 4

Contact Information for Domestic Vendors

Vendor Compliance Manager

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Receiving Issues

Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231

Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom

EDILabeling Issues

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223

Email reneeschottbluestemcom

PackagingCharge backs

Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

TransportationRouting

Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130

Email michellemaillebluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 5

Contact Information for Direct Sourced

Overseas Vendors

For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve

as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff

For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 6

Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date

Domestic Vendors Only

Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to

trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom

This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be

given to the driver when your shipment is picked up

Bill of Lading Should be Marked

Prepaid 3rd Party To

CHR LTL

14800 Charlson Rd

Suite 2100

Eden Prairie MN 55347

Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be

handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the

Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments

Continued On Next Page

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 7

To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship

bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping

process

bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register

for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password

Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on

our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

The address for all UPS Shipments will be

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive

Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)

Irvine Pa 16329

Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B

Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F

SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W

Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to

domesticimportpackbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 3

Congratulations amp Welcome

The Bluestem Brand catalogs of Appleseedrsquos

Bedford Fair Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Fingerhut

GettingtonCom Gold Violin Norm Thompson Old Pueblo

Traders Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilks are proud

to be working with you

This manual covers the information and requirements for

shipping orders to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center

We expect our vendors to fully review the information in

this manual before shipping product to the distribution

center

If for any reason you are unclear about any of the

requirements we are asking for please contact us

directly

Sincerely

The Bluestem Irvine Distribution Center Staff

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 4

Contact Information for Domestic Vendors

Vendor Compliance Manager

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Receiving Issues

Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231

Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom

EDILabeling Issues

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223

Email reneeschottbluestemcom

PackagingCharge backs

Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

TransportationRouting

Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130

Email michellemaillebluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 5

Contact Information for Direct Sourced

Overseas Vendors

For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve

as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff

For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 6

Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date

Domestic Vendors Only

Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to

trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom

This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be

given to the driver when your shipment is picked up

Bill of Lading Should be Marked

Prepaid 3rd Party To

CHR LTL

14800 Charlson Rd

Suite 2100

Eden Prairie MN 55347

Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be

handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the

Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments

Continued On Next Page

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 7

To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship

bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping

process

bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register

for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password

Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on

our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

The address for all UPS Shipments will be

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive

Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)

Irvine Pa 16329

Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B

Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F

SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W

Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to

domesticimportpackbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 4

Contact Information for Domestic Vendors

Vendor Compliance Manager

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Receiving Issues

Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231

Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom

EDILabeling Issues

Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221

Email jennknopfbluestemcom

Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223

Email reneeschottbluestemcom

PackagingCharge backs

Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

TransportationRouting

Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130

Email michellemaillebluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 5

Contact Information for Direct Sourced

Overseas Vendors

For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve

as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff

For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 6

Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date

Domestic Vendors Only

Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to

trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom

This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be

given to the driver when your shipment is picked up

Bill of Lading Should be Marked

Prepaid 3rd Party To

CHR LTL

14800 Charlson Rd

Suite 2100

Eden Prairie MN 55347

Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be

handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the

Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments

Continued On Next Page

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 7

To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship

bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping

process

bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register

for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password

Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on

our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

The address for all UPS Shipments will be

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive

Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)

Irvine Pa 16329

Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B

Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F

SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W

Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to

domesticimportpackbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 5

Contact Information for Direct Sourced

Overseas Vendors

For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve

as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff

For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 6

Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date

Domestic Vendors Only

Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to

trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom

This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be

given to the driver when your shipment is picked up

Bill of Lading Should be Marked

Prepaid 3rd Party To

CHR LTL

14800 Charlson Rd

Suite 2100

Eden Prairie MN 55347

Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be

handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the

Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments

Continued On Next Page

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 7

To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship

bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping

process

bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register

for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password

Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on

our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

The address for all UPS Shipments will be

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive

Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)

Irvine Pa 16329

Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B

Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F

SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W

Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to

domesticimportpackbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 6

Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date

Domestic Vendors Only

Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to

trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom

This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be

given to the driver when your shipment is picked up

Bill of Lading Should be Marked

Prepaid 3rd Party To

CHR LTL

14800 Charlson Rd

Suite 2100

Eden Prairie MN 55347

Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be

handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below

Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the

Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments

Continued On Next Page

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 7

To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship

bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping

process

bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register

for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password

Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on

our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

The address for all UPS Shipments will be

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive

Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)

Irvine Pa 16329

Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B

Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F

SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W

Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to

domesticimportpackbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 7

To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship

bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping

process

bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register

for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password

Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on

our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)

The address for all UPS Shipments will be

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive

Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)

Irvine Pa 16329

Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B

Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F

SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W

Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to

domesticimportpackbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 8

INVOICING INSTRUCTION

TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO

COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

SENDING INVOICES

While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly

encourages sending your invoice via email

By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for

processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of

loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your

invoice(s)

Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes

strictly to one of the following

ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS

In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address

ap_invoicesbluestemcom

MAILING ADDRESS

(Include name of Brand)

co Bluestem Brands

35 Village Road 5th Floor

Middleton MA 01949

INVOICE REQUIREMENTS

Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering

services to Bluestem Brands

Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms

and the remit to address

CONTACT INFORMATION

If you should require further clarification you may contact

Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager

978-998-3828

JoanLozierbluestemcom

Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor

978-304-4234

OswaldRoperbluestemcom

Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables

978-304-4231

AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom

Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully

understandable and accepted by your company

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 9

Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS

For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required

Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for

all shipments

Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI

compliant

EDI specifications and information are located on our website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center

Compliance)

Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for

vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use

another third party of your choice as well

If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and

request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup

B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904

Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877

DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371

XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI

Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560

SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160

option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301

True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 10

Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required

Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling

For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold

Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our

international offices and provided to the vendor

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC

carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels

Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the

carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem

staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center

If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the

carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps

If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on

your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction

on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)

Or contact

jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom

For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents

must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 11

SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements

All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have

barcoded SSCC carton labels applied

SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across

vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)

An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels

from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice

Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are

approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels

An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice

creation

You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission

exactly

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 12

Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels

A Ship From Info

B Ship To Info

C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )

D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)

D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)

E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based

off of the chart below on the front of the product number)

E Bluestem Brands Color

E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension

E Quantity Packed

F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number

PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog

CATALOG PO PRODUCT

Appleseedrsquos AS AS

Bedford Fair BL AM

Blair BL BL

Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD

FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH

Gold Violin BL NT

Norm Thompson NT NT

Old Pueblo Traders BL AM

Sahalie NT NT

The Tog Shop AS AS

WinterSilkrsquos WS WS

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 13

SSCC Carton Label Placement

Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC

carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6

The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening

of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and

when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel

(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton

In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail

portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 14

Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that

will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent

smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode

that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances

Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United

States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over

the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 15

Mixed Cartons

First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under

any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed

The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of

carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label

If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or

more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons

For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order

1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color

Content Label Example

Mixed Carton Label Placement Example

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 16

Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles

Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo

flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of

BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)

Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be

listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton

dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton

sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance

requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit

QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in

the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are

specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides

top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the

Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a

carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited

Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and

must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding

Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel

(short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 17

Master Cartons for Hard Goods

Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified

Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our

MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)

carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given

QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem

Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton

sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get

crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or

impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are

absolutely prohibited

Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape

The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed

only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size

Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one

end panel (short side) of the carton

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 18

Examples of Master Carton Packing

If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear

bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL

CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 19

HeavyFragile Labeling

A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all

remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end

panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering

Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 20

INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received

with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor

Re-mailers

Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength

LABELING

The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of

Origin labeling are met

Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each

remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up

For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the

SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the

carton

The vendor is to supply the following

(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos

(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no

less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the

extra knockdown remailers

(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 21

Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur

1) Cartons must be palletized by product number

2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped

3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied

Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the

outside of the pallet

For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to

be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet

4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be

applied

5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches

Pallet Label Example

Bluestem Brands Dist Center

100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329

From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO

____ _____ ______

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 22

Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements

Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc

(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)

Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom

Website wwwfinelinetechcom

USA 1-800-500-8687

USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)

Canada 1-800-465-1890

China (HKG) 852-2156-9788

USA

3145 Medlock Bridge Rd

Norcross GA 30071

Contact Katie Bollinger

kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236

Canada

2374 Dunwin Drive

Mississauga ON L5L 1J9

Contact Karolyn Rackley

krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302

Hong Kong

Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building

116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong

KLN Hong Kong

Telephone 852-36191996

Contact Eva and Cindy

echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk

China

4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD

KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST

Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057

Telephone 8675526501338

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 23

Jain Name Label Co

(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)

Attention Sameer

A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road

AzadpurDelhi-110 033

telephone 91-11-4238119742381117

fax 91-11-27425863

jainnamegmailcom

LABEL MASTERS

(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)

USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited

LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building

224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road

Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT

New York NY 10001 Hong Kong

Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218

Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869

E-mail

Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom

AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom

Contacts for Operations are

Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom

Website wwwlabelmasterscom

Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)

(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)

109 West 38th St Suite701

New York NY 10018

Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl

Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels

Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom

Website wwwlabelsigcom

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 24

Label IT

(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762

727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS

Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)

Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom

Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS

NBS PRINTING

(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)

7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom

LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 25

PAX Tag amp Label Inc

(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)

9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733

Phone 800-729-8247

Email infopaxtagcom

Website wwwpaxtagcom

IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE

Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed

The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited

deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you

that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system

The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor

The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor

for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable

detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your

buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 26

Unit Label Placement

PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag

should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items

are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any

vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label

as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to

view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot

that is free of any copy or design

Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the

top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not

obstructed by the banding

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 27

Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a

solid part of the product

GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 28

Unit Packaging Requirements

All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide

packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first

time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of

product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30

detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed

If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please

fill out the form on page 29

If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery

please fill out the form on page 30

It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled

out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The

email address to send this to is listed directly on the form

This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be

located on our Vendor Documents website at

httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations

(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)

Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed

on the form

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 29

Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel

(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________

Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________

Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)

Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box

Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window

other box (explain) ______ __________________

RUGS

Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag

Product

Number amp

Product

Description

PO

Number

Master

Carton

L x W x H

Inches

Master

Carton

Weight

Lbs

Units per

Master

Carton

Unit Pack

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 30

Packaging Information Request for

Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to

idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room

Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)

PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS

Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson

Sahalie WS

Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________

Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________

Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________

Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box

Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical

GOH

Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold

Product

Number amp

Description

PO

Number

Size Range Master

Carton

L x W x

H

Inches

Units

per

Master

Carton

Packaged

Unit

L x W x H

Inches

Unit

Weight

OzLbs

Please note this is not to be used as a manifest

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 31

Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves

Gloves Ties Hosiery)

All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this

section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval

PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225

Email christineharveybluestemcom

PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226

Email melissabensonbluestemcom

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Shoe boxes must be rubber banded

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 32

POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of

polybags is the responsibility of the supplier

Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Background Color

Clear - for most goods

Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks

which requires clear polybags for all goods

Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely

(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts

Back of Polybag

Background clear

All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the

country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag

Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of

all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag

ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4

in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 33

Securing of the Polybag

The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be

secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled

Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used

For garments folded For garments folded

14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger

Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape

(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)

TISSUE

White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the

product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

PINSCLIPS

Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification

and approval from the Buyer

Chipboard Backer

Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on

the product packaging specifications and purchase order

Samples will be provided upon request

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 34

Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel

Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been

provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging

staff

Cartons are based on outside dimensions

If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and

adjust the height only

Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size

19 78rdquo L

12 18rdquo W

12 18rdquo H

and

6rdquo H

11 12rdquo H

(2921 cm)

9 34rdquo W

(2477 cm)

12 12rdquo H

(3175 cm)

11 14rdquo W

(2858 cm)

1 Mil

Lingerie

Undergarments

Blouses Crewneck

or Polo Shirts

Pajamas Skirts

Womenrsquos Pants

Lingerie

Undergarments

Others-No

12 pts or less

10 12rdquo H

(2667 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

20rdquo L

14 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

11rdquo H

and 6ldquo H

14rdquo H

(3556 cm)

10rdquo W

(2159 cm)

15rdquo H

(2604 cm)

10 14rdquo W

(381 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes

12 pts or less

13 58rdquo H

(3461 cm)

8rdquo W (2032 cm)

24rdquo L

16 12 W

15rdquo H

OR

24rdquoL

16 frac12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

19 78 L

12 18 W

12 18 H

and 6rdquo H

If Fold

Size Is

Less Than

16rdquo H

(4064 cm)

12rdquo W

(3048 cm)

17rdquo H

(3429 cm)

13 12rdquo W

(4318 cm)

1 Mil

Menrsquos Pants

Jeans

Sweatshirts

Dresses bulky

Sweaters Robes

Nightgowns

Jackets

No

24rdquoL

16 12rdquo W

11rdquo H

and 6rdquo H

In half

with arms

behind

23 frac12 x 16

18 12rdquo H

(4699 cm)

23 12rdquo W

(5969 cm)

125 Mil

Suit Coats Sport

Coats (unless

specified as GOH)

(See example on

following page)

Yes

12 pts or less

32rdquo H

(8128 cm)

16 14rdquo W

(4128 cm)

The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are

issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up

with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos

To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 35

Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold

A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind

and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting

polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures

below

Coat is unbuttoned in the example below

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 36

Garment on Hangers

Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order

Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the

specification package

Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping

carton

Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are

guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any

cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments

Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH

32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)

22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)

22rdquo24rdquo Width

32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 37

Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH

8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)

18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)

36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 38

Home Soft GoodsTextiles

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer

surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or

product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES

Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)

Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation

warning on the bag

Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged

the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move

freely (bag should be close fitting)

Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable

polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly

preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the

amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality

inspections

Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all

polybags except for vinyl zippered bags

Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)

ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM

BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS

THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo

Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air

vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag

Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on

the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the

polybag

Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See

following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 39

Securing of the Polybag

The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag

must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below

diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)

If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a

self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape

to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled

2rdquo 508 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

5rdquo 127 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin

3rdquo 762 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

4rdquo 1016 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

1rdquo 254 cm

BACK VIEW

4rdquo 1016 cm

RN 81700

lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag

away from babies and children Do not use in cribs

beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo

Country of Origin RN 81700

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 40

Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging

Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags

Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items

All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct

shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging

specifications provided

The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following

descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications

If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications

they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for

approval

No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product

No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys

suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product

Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor

penalties

Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel

All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a

clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped

Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape

Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured

with clear tape

All other boxes must be taped shut

Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped

securely with clear tape

4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must

maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product

Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy

mailer)

Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal

through the packaging

Continued on next page

Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover

cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 41

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached

Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip

at the tip of the post

[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]

Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label

cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The

vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin

labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product

UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES

Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit

Polybagged Hardgood

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 42

Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements

The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information

Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit

shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)

Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)

Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton

All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your

Buyer

All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged

All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed

All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap

Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified

when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 43

WREATH EXAMPLE

Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents

damage during shipment

Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 44

Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the

initial shipment of each new product

In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion

This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of

In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation

(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions

If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem

We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these

steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 45

Vendor Chargebacks

The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant

If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of

this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping

Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the

chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction

charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature

3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related

to the infraction

4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction

5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any

related to the infraction

Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of

$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 46

Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company

Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos

Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here

Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions

Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time

to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival

Failure to enclose a packing slip

Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval

Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines

Bands on Cartons

Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant

Carton quantities inaccurate

Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified

Cartons containing more than one purchase order

Carton size or weight non-compliant

Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags

Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward

Merchandise packaging non-compliant

Unit labeling missing or non-compliant

Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling

Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item

Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer

Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required

Using non approved 3rd party billing account

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 47

Vendor Late Shipment Penalties

DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information

Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order

Ship Date

1 If shipment is 1-7 days late

5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee

2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee

3 If shipment is 15+ days late

15 of the cost + $50 fee

DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information

1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken

2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires

3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived

4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred

DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect

1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty

2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken

- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery

Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual

Issued

February

20 2008

Revised

August

2017

Page 48

i) Collect Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form

ii) Prepaid Shipments

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility

iii) International Routing

The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery